3.8.6

3.8.7

srcdir		= @srcdir@
prefix		= @prefix@
exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@

bindir		= @bindir@
libdir		= @libdir@

datadir		= @datadir@
mandir		= @mandir@
includedir	= @includedir@

DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

srcdir		= @srcdir@
prefix		= @prefix@
exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@

bindir		= @bindir@
libdir		= @libdir@
datarootdir	= @datarootdir@
datadir		= @datadir@
mandir		= @mandir@
includedir	= @includedir@

DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))



AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#
#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])

AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,

	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"

	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])


	    # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
	    TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots


	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ], [
	       SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
	       LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
................................................................................
	    no_celib=
	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
	fi
    fi
])


# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"
	    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
		;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
................................................................................
	    no_celib=
	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
	fi
    fi
])


# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.6.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.6'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.6'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.6:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.6
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.6, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.6, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.6
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.7.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.7'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.7'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.7 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.7:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.7
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.7, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.7, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.7
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

    }
    zK2 = (char*)phoneticHash((const unsigned char*)zK1, i);
    if( zK2==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zK1);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){

      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
             "VALUES(%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
             p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
             iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
      );









      *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
    }else{
      rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      newRowid = *pRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\" SET id=%lld, rank=%d, langid=%d,"
             " word=%Q, k1=%Q, k2=%Q WHERE id=%lld",

    }
    zK2 = (char*)phoneticHash((const unsigned char*)zK1, i);
    if( zK2==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zK1);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
      if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL ){
        spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
               "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
               "VALUES(%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
               p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
               iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
        );
      }else{
        newRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
        spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
               "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(id,rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
               "VALUES(%lld,%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
               p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
               newRowid, iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
        );
      }
      *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
    }else{
      rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      newRowid = *pRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\" SET id=%lld, rank=%d, langid=%d,"
             " word=%Q, k1=%Q, k2=%Q WHERE id=%lld",

# 2014-08-21
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file contains tests for the r-tree module.
#
# This file contains test cases for the ticket
# [369d57fb8e5ccdff06f197a37147a88f9de95cda] (2014-08-21)
#
#  The following SQL causes an assertion fault while running
#  sqlite3_prepare() on the DELETE statement:
#
#     CREATE TABLE t1(x);
#     CREATE TABLE t2(y);
#     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING rtree(a,b,c);
#     CREATE TRIGGER t2del AFTER DELETE ON t2 WHEN (SELECT 1 from t1) BEGIN 
#       DELETE FROM t3 WHERE a=old.y; 
#     END;
#     DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=1;
# 

if {![info exists testdir]} {
  set testdir [file join [file dirname [info script]] .. .. test]
} 
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable !rtree { finish_test ; return }

do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(x);
  CREATE TABLE t2(y);
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING rtree(a,b,c);
  CREATE TRIGGER t2dwl AFTER DELETE ON t2 WHEN (SELECT 1 from t1) BEGIN 
    DELETE FROM t3 WHERE a=old.y; 
  END;

  INSERT INTO t1(x) VALUES(999);
  INSERT INTO t2(y) VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4),(5);
  INSERT INTO t3(a,b,c) VALUES(1,2,3),(2,3,4),(3,4,5),(4,5,6),(5,6,7);

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 3 4 5 | 1 2 3 4 5}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.2 {
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=3;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4 5}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.3 {
  DELETE FROM t1;
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=5;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.4 {
  INSERT INTO t1 DEFAULT VALUES;
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=5;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.5 {
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=2;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 4 5 | 1 4}

finish_test

  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);

  if( i==1 ){
    Parse *pParse;
    int rc = 0;
    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
    if( pParse==0 ){
      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pParse->db = pDb;
      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
    }
    if( rc ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( i<0 ){
    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
    return 0;
  }

  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}

/*
................................................................................
  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);

  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(
        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
    );
    p = 0;
  }else {
    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    }
  }

  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
................................................................................

  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);

  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);

    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a

  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);

  if( i==1 ){
    Parse *pParse;
    int rc = 0;
    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
    if( pParse==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pParse->db = pDb;
      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
    }
    if( rc ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( i<0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
    return 0;
  }

  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}

/*
................................................................................
  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);

  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(
        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
    );
    p = 0;
  }else {
    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM);
    }
  }

  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
................................................................................

  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);

  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc);

    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a

  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}




/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
................................................................................
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
................................................................................
  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;












  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
................................................................................
  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}

/* Forward reference */
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p);

/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
................................................................................
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){


  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
................................................................................
  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;
  btreeLockCarefully(p);
}

/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving
** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and
** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes
** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
** in the common case.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
................................................................................
  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}




/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on



** the table  with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).




*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
















    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................

#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
         SQLITE_OK)

/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it

** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
** at is deleted out from under them.


**
** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows:

**
**    0:   The cursor is unchanged
**    1:   The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers
**         returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch()
**         might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the
**         b-tree.
**    2:   The cursor is no longer pointing to the row.  The row might have





**         been deleted out from under the cursor.
*/






int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){


  int rc;


  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
    *pHasMoved = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc ){
    *pHasMoved = 2;

    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
    *pHasMoved = 2;
  }else{
    *pHasMoved = 1;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
................................................................................
** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
  
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );

  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  testcase( gap+2==top );
  testcase( gap+1==top );
  testcase( gap==top );

  if( nFrag>=60 ){
    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
    ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it.
    */

    int pc, addr;
    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;
        testcase( x==4 );
        testcase( x==3 );
        if( x<4 ){

          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }else{
          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
        }
        *pIdx = pc + x;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.
  */
  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){


    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
  }


................................................................................
  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  *pIdx = top;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
**
** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
** free blocks into a single big free block.





*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
  int addr, pbegin, hdr;





  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */

  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */

  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
    /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
    ** option is enabled */
    memset(&data[start], 0, size);
  }

  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
  ** the freelist.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  addr = hdr + 1;
  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
  assert( start<=iLast );
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
    if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    addr = pbegin;
  }
  if( pbegin>iLast ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;

  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
  addr = hdr + 1;
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
    int pnext, psize, x;
    assert( pbegin>addr );
    assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
    }else{
      addr = pbegin;
    }
  }

  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
    int top;
    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
  }
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**

    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/* Forward reference */
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);

/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
** the table with root-page iRoot.  "Saving the cursor position" means that
** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified.  This
** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
** Implementation note:  This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
** need to be saved.  It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
  }
  return p ? saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept) : SQLITE_OK;
}

/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
  BtCursor *p,           /* The first cursor that needs saving */
  Pgno iRoot,            /* Only save cursor with this iRoot.  Save all if zero */
  BtCursor *pExcept      /* Do not save this cursor */
){
  do{
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }while( p );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................

#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
         SQLITE_OK)

/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out

** from under them, for example.  Cursor might also move if a btree
** is rebalanced.
**


** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
**

** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
  return pCur && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
}

/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).  
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
** pointing at exactly the same row.  *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
** nearby row.
**
** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
  int rc;

  assert( pCur!=0 );
  assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );



  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc ){

    *pDifferentRow = 1;
    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
    *pDifferentRow = 1;
  }else{
    *pDifferentRow = 0;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
................................................................................
** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */

  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
  
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );

  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
  assert( gap<=65536 );
  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  if( gap>top ){
    if( top==0 ){
      top = 65536;
    }else{
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
  }

  /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer
  ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
  ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request.
  */
  testcase( gap+2==top );
  testcase( gap+1==top );
  testcase( gap==top );
  if( gap+2<=top && (data[hdr+1] || data[hdr+2]) ){
    int pc, addr;
    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;
        testcase( x==4 );
        testcase( x==3 );
        if( x<4 ){
          if( data[hdr+7]>=60 ) goto defragment_page;
          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] += (u8)x;
        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }else{
          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
        }
        *pIdx = pc + x;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
  }

  /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot.  Check
  ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
  */
  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
defragment_page:
    testcase( pPage->nCell==0 );
    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
  }


................................................................................
  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  *pIdx = top;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart]
** and the size of the block is iSize bytes.
**
** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced.
**
** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks.  Nor
** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes
** at the end of the page.  So do additional corruption checks inside this
** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found.
*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){

  u16 iPtr;                             /* Address of pointer to next freeblock */
  u16 iFreeBlk;                         /* Address of the next freeblock */
  u8 hdr;                               /* Page header size.  0 or 100 */
  u8 nFrag = 0;                         /* Reduction in fragmentation */
  u16 iOrigSize = iSize;                /* Original value of iSize */
  u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
  u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize;            /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;   /* Page content */

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( iSize>=4 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( iStart<=iLast );

  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
  ** option is enabled */
  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
    memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
  }

  /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order.  Find the 
  ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  iPtr = hdr + 1;
  if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
    iFreeBlk = 0;  /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */
  }else{
    while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlk<iStart ){
      if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      iPtr = iFreeBlk;
    }
    if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
  
    /* At this point:
    **    iFreeBlk:   First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
    **    iPtr:       The address of a pointer iFreeBlk
    **
    ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
    */
    if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
      nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
      if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
      iSize = iEnd - iStart;
      iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
    }
  
    /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist pointer
    ** in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be coalesced 
    ** onto the end of iPtr.
    */
    if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
      int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
      if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
        if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
        iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
        iStart = iPtr;
      }
    }
    if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
  }
  if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){
    /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
    ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
    ** freelist entry */
    if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
  }else{
    /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
    put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);
    put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
  }
  pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**

int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);

int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);

int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);

** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName;
  assert( zName!=0 );
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    assert( pSchema );
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
................................................................................
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;
  int len;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
      ** indices. */
................................................................................
  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
      );
      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
    }
    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
  }

................................................................................

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token.  Space to hold the returned string
................................................................................

  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
  );
  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    goto fk_end;
  }
  if( pNextTo ){
    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
................................................................................
  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
                          pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){

** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;

  assert( zName!=0 );

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    assert( pSchema );
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
................................................................................
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;

  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;

  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
      ** indices. */
................................................................................
  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
      );
      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
    }
    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
  }

................................................................................

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0);

  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token.  Space to hold the returned string
................................................................................

  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p);

    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
      pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
  );
  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    goto fk_end;
  }
  if( pNextTo ){
    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
................................................................................
  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 

                          pIndex->zName, pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){

*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){

    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
      if( pDel!=0 ){

*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
){
  CollSeq *pColl;

  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){
    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1);
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
      if( pDel!=0 ){

  
    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
    ** triggers.
    */
    if( !isView ){

      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
      assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur );
      assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
    }
  
    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
    ** where-clause loop above.
    */
    if( okOnePass ){
      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
      assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */

      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
        assert( pPk!=0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
    }else if( pPk ){
      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);

  
    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
    ** triggers.
    */
    if( !isView ){
      testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
    }
  
    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
    ** where-clause loop above.
    */
    if( okOnePass ){
      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
      assert( nKey==nPk );  /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
      assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
        assert( pPk!=0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
    }else if( pPk ){
      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);

** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
** table).
*/
FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
}

/*
** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
................................................................................
    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
      }else{
        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
      }
      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
      }
    }

    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is

** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
** table).
*/
FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){

  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName);
}

/*
** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
................................................................................
    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
      }else{
        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p);
      }
      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
      }
    }

    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is

  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** The hashing function.
*/
static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
  unsigned int h = 0;
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h;
}


/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
................................................................................

  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
  return 1;
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */


  if( pH->ht ){


    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
  }else{

    elem = pH->first;
    count = pH->count;
  }

  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){

    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
      return elem;
    }
    elem = elem->next;
  }
  return 0;
}

................................................................................
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->ht ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created and NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->htsize ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
      elem->pKey = pKey;
      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
  new_elem->data = data;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
    }
  }
  if( pH->ht ){
    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
  }else{
    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
  }
  return 0;
}

  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** The hashing function.
*/
static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){
  unsigned int h = 0;
  unsigned char c;
  while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[c];

  }
  return h;
}


/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
................................................................................

  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size;
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
  return 1;
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key is
** also computed and returned in the *pH parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementWithHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */

){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
  unsigned int h;                /* The computed hash */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry;
    h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
  }else{
    h = 0;
    elem = pH->first;
    count = pH->count;
  }
  *pHash = h;
  while( count-- ){
    assert( elem!=0 );
    if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ 
      return elem;
    }
    elem = elem->next;
  }
  return 0;
}

................................................................................
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );






  elem = findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, &h);
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created and NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){
  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );






  elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
      elem->pKey = pKey;

    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  new_elem->pKey = pKey;

  new_elem->data = data;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
      h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
    }
  }



  insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem);

  return 0;
}

**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;

**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
  const char *pKey;            /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey);
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;

** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
**
** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
** pTab->pIndex list.



*/
int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
................................................................................
  int iDb;
  int iDataCur;
  Index *pIdx;
  Vdbe *v;

  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    assert( aToOpen==0 );
    *piDataCur = 0;
    *piIdxCur = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
  iDataCur = iBase++;

** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
**
** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
** pTab->pIndex list.
**
** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
*/
int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
................................................................................
  int iDb;
  int iDataCur;
  Index *pIdx;
  Vdbe *v;

  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output
    ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind
    ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */
    return 0;
  }
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
  iDataCur = iBase++;

  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */

  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
    int nCol;
    char **azVals = 0;

    pStmt = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
................................................................................
        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
          /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to
          ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will
          ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */
          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
          pStmt = 0;
          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
          goto exec_out;
        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
        pStmt = 0;
................................................................................
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    }
  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
    *pzErrMsg = 0;
  }

  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */

  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
    int nCol;
    char **azVals = 0;

    pStmt = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
................................................................................
        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
          /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to
          ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will
          ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */
          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
          pStmt = 0;
          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT);
          goto exec_out;
        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
        pStmt = 0;
................................................................................
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
    }
  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
    *pzErrMsg = 0;
  }

  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

    }else{
      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
    zErrmsg = 0;
    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
      sqlite3Error(db, rc,
            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
      go = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
  }
}

    }else{
      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
    zErrmsg = 0;
    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc,
            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
      go = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
  }
}

  */
  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);

  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
  */
  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
       "statements or unfinished backups");
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
................................................................................
      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);

  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
................................................................................
  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
  */
  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    }
  }
................................................................................

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
  }
  if( iDb<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
#endif
}

................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    z = (void *)outOfMem;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    if( z==0 ){
      sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    }
    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
    */
................................................................................
  u8 enc,
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int enc2;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  */
................................................................................
  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
  */
  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);

    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
    ** to be called.
    */ 
    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
          if( p->xDel ){
            p->xDel(p->pUser);
          }
................................................................................

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
  pColl->xDel = xDel;
  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
................................................................................
  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);

  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
  db->openFlags = flags;
  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Open the backend database driver */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
................................................................................
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
  ** is accessed.
  */
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);

  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
  */
  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
#endif

  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);

  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);

  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);

................................................................................

  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
        zColumnName);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
#endif

  */
  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);

  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
  */
  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
       "statements or unfinished backups");
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
................................................................................
      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);

  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
................................................................................
  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
  */
  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    }
  }
................................................................................

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
  }
  if( iDb<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
#endif
}

................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    z = (void *)outOfMem;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    if( z==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    }
    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
    */
................................................................................
  u8 enc,
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int enc2;

  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  */
................................................................................
  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
  */
  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);

    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
    ** to be called.
    */ 
    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
          if( p->xDel ){
            p->xDel(p->pUser);
          }
................................................................................

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
  pColl->xDel = xDel;
  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
................................................................................
  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);

  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
  db->openFlags = flags;
  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Open the backend database driver */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
................................................................................
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
  ** is accessed.
  */
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);

  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
  */
  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
#endif

  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);

  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);

  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);

................................................................................

  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
        zColumnName);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
#endif

** embedded processor.
*/
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
  void *p;
  assert( n>0 );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);

  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
    mem0.nScratchFree--;
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{


    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
      n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
      if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    }else{
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
      p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
    }
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
  }
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );


#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
................................................................................
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
  }
}









/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( db ){
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
      return;
    }
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
................................................................................
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
  *pz = z;
}










/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
  */
  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    db->mallocFailed = 0;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
}

** embedded processor.
*/
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
  void *p;
  assert( n>0 );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
    mem0.nScratchFree--;
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);

    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){

      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);



    }
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
  }
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );


#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
................................................................................
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
  }
}

/*
** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in
** *db->pnBytesFreed.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p);
}

/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( db ){
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      measureAllocationSize(db, p);
      return;
    }
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
................................................................................
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
  *pz = z;
}

/*
** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){
  db->mallocFailed = 0;
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}

/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
  */
  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db==0 ) return rc & 0xff;
  if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){

    return apiOomError(db);

  }
  return rc & db->errMask;
}

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */

/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.
*/
static LONG volatile winMutex_lock = 0;

int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */

/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.
*/
static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0;

int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){

      removeFromBlockedList(db);
      addToBlockedList(db);
    }
  }

  leaveMutex();
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED

      removeFromBlockedList(db);
      addToBlockedList(db);
    }
  }

  leaveMutex();
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED

** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
LONG volatile sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#else
static LONG volatile sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*
................................................................................
#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange)
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0,                    0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
#else
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG volatile*, \
        LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the

** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#else
static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*
................................................................................
#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange)
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0,                    0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
#else
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
        SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the

** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
** the full Win32 API.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
#endif











#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */

** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
** the full Win32 API.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
#endif

/*
** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as
** volatile.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
#else
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
#endif

#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */

   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
  ){
    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
** already in memory.
*/
static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *p = 0;                     /* Return value */

  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
  */
  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
  return p;
}

/*
** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
}
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
    PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
    if( p ){
      p->pageHash = 0;
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
    }
  }
#endif

................................................................................
  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
  */
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    pPg = 0;
  }else{
    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  }
  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
  ));
................................................................................
** has ever happened.
*/
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
  assert( pPager!=0 );
  assert( pgno!=0 );
  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
  return pPg;
}

/*
** Release a page reference.
**
................................................................................
  /* Update the database size and return.
  */
  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
  }
  return rc;
}




























































































/*
** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
**
................................................................................
** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
**
** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;

  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );

  if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
    int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
    int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
    Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);

    /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
    ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
    ** this function.
    */
    assert( !MEMDB );
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;

    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
    */
    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;

    nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;

    }else{
      nPage = nPagePerSector;
    }
    assert(nPage>0);
    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
      PgHdr *pPage;
      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = pager_write(pPage);
            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
              needSync = 1;
            }
            sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
          }
        }
      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
          needSync = 1;
        }
        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
      }
    }

    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
      assert( !MEMDB );
      for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
        PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
        if( pPage ){
          pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
        }
      }
    }

    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
  }else{
    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
** to change the content of the page.
*/
................................................................................

  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  if( pPgOld ){
    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( MEMDB ){
      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);

   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
  ){
    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  }
  return rc;
}
















/*
** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
}
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
    PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
    if( p ){
      p->pageHash = 0;
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
    }
  }
#endif

................................................................................
  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
  */
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    pPg = 0;
  }else{
    pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  }
  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
  ));
................................................................................
** has ever happened.
*/
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
  assert( pPager!=0 );
  assert( pgno!=0 );
  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );

  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
  return pPg;
}

/*
** Release a page reference.
**
................................................................................
  /* Update the database size and return.
  */
  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
** a write.
**
** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the exceptional
** case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Return code */
  Pgno nPageCount;               /* Total number of pages in database file */
  Pgno pg1;                      /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
  int nPage = 0;                 /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
  int ii;                        /* Loop counter */
  int needSync = 0;              /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;   /* The pager that owns pPg */
  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);

  /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
  ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
  ** this function.
  */
  assert( !MEMDB );
  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
  pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;

  /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
  ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
  ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
  */
  pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;

  nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
  if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
    nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
  }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
    nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
  }else{
    nPage = nPagePerSector;
  }
  assert(nPage>0);
  assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
  assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

  for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
    Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
    PgHdr *pPage;
    if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
      if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = pager_write(pPage);
          if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
            needSync = 1;
          }
          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
        }
      }
    }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
      if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
        needSync = 1;
      }
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
    }
  }

  /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
  ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
  ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
  ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
  ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
    assert( !MEMDB );
    for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
      PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
      if( pPage ){
        pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
      }
    }
  }

  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
  pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
**
................................................................................
** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
**
** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){





  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
  assert( pPg->pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  assert( pPg->pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPg->pPager) );

  if( pPg->pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPg->pPager->pageSize ){


























    return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
  }else{













    return pager_write(pPg);


  }


































}

/*
** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
** to change the content of the page.
*/
................................................................................

  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  if( pPgOld ){
    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( MEMDB ){
      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);

  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
  }
  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */






/*
** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.




*/
static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;


  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );

  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
    }
    p->pSynced = pSynced;
  }

  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
  }else{
    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
  }
  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
  }else{
    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
    if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
      assert( p->eCreate==1 );
      p->eCreate = 2;
    }
  }
  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;

  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}

/*
** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
** pPage).
*/
static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;


  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );

  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
  }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
    assert( p->eCreate==2 );
    p->eCreate = 1;
  }
  p->pDirty = pPage;
  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
  }
  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    p->pSynced = pPage;
  }
  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}


/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    if( p->pgno==1 ){
      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
  }
}

/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
** functions are threadsafe.
................................................................................
  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){
    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
    pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else{
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
  PCache *pCache;
  assert( p->nRef==1 );
  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);

  }
  pCache = p->pCache;
  pCache->nRef--;
  if( p->pgno==1 ){
    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( newPgno>0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
  p->pgno = newPgno;
  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
  }
}

/*
** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.

  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
  }
  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */

/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE   1    /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD      2    /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT    3    /* Move pPage to the front of the list */

/*

** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
** argument determines what operation to do.  The 0x01 bit means first
** remove pPage from the dirty list.  The 0x02 means add pPage back to
** the dirty list.  Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list.
*/
static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;

  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
    assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
  
    /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
    if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
      PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
      while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
        pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
      }
      p->pSynced = pSynced;
    }
  
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    }else{
      assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    }
    if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
      pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
    }else{
      assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
      p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
      if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
        assert( p->eCreate==1 );
        p->eCreate = 2;
      }
    }
    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;

    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
  }








  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
  
    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
    }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
      assert( p->eCreate==2 );
      p->eCreate = 1;
    }
    p->pDirty = pPage;
    if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
    }
    if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      p->pSynced = pPage;
    }
    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
  }
}

/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){

  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
    if( p->pgno==1 ){
      p->pCache->pPage1 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
  }
}

/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
** functions are threadsafe.
................................................................................
  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){

    p->pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else{
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);

    }
  }
}

/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){

  assert( p->nRef==1 );
  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){

    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
  }

  p->pCache->nRef--;
  if( p->pgno==1 ){
    p->pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( newPgno>0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
  p->pgno = newPgno;
  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);

  }
}

/*
** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.

/*
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
  PgHdr1 **apNew;
  unsigned int nNew;
  unsigned int i;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );

  nNew = p->nHash*2;
................................................................................
        apNew[h] = pPage;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
    p->apHash = apNew;
    p->nHash = nNew;
  }

  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}

/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
................................................................................
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}




/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
................................................................................
    }else{
      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
    }
    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
    pCache->szPage = szPage;
    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);


    if( bPurgeable ){
      pCache->nMin = 10;
      pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;

      pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);



    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
................................................................................
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  n = pCache->nPage;
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return n;
}


























































































/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
................................................................................
**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){
  unsigned int nPinned;
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  PGroup *pGroup;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );

  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);

  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
  }

  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
  if( pPage ){
    if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    goto fetch_out;
  }
  if( createFlag==0 ){
    goto fetch_out;


  }

  /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
  ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above.  But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
  ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
  ** local variable here.  Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
  ** optimization:  The common case is to exit the module before reaching
  ** this point.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
#endif

  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
  if( createFlag==1 && (
        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    goto fetch_out;
  }

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
    goto fetch_out;
  }
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    PCache1 *pOther;
    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    pOther = pPage->pCache;

    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );

    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
    }else{
      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
    }
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
    pPage->pCache = pCache;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    pPage->isPinned = 1;
    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
  }

fetch_out:
  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
  }
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
  return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
}


/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**

/*
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
  PgHdr1 **apNew;
  unsigned int nNew;
  unsigned int i;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );

  nNew = p->nHash*2;
................................................................................
        apNew[h] = pPage;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
    p->apHash = apNew;
    p->nHash = nNew;
  }


}

/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
................................................................................
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}

/* forward declaration */
static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p);

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
................................................................................
    }else{
      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
    }
    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
    pCache->szPage = szPage;
    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
    pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
    if( bPurgeable ){
      pCache->nMin = 10;

      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
    }
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
    if( pCache->nHash==0 ){
      pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache);
      pCache = 0;
    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
................................................................................
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  n = pCache->nPage;
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return n;
}


/*
** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described
** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure.
**
** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are
** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required
** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
  PCache1 *pCache, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){
  unsigned int nPinned;
  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
  if( createFlag==1 && (
        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    return 0;
  }

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    PCache1 *pOther;
    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    pOther = pPage->pCache;

    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );

    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
    }else{
      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
    }
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
    pPage->pCache = pCache;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    pPage->isPinned = 1;
    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
    if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
      pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
    }
  }
  return pPage;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
................................................................................
**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){

  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;

  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 );
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);

  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */

  pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash];
  while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; }


  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
  if( pPage ){
    if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);


  }else if( createFlag ){

    /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */
    pPage = pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag);
  }


















































































  assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey );

  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
}


/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**

  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt ){
      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
      if( rc ){
        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
        goto end_prepare;
      }
    }
  }

  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
................................................................................
  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
    char *zSqlCopy;
    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
      goto end_prepare;
    }
    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
    if( zSqlCopy ){
      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
    assert(!(*ppStmt));
  }else{
    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
  }

  if( zErrMsg ){
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }

  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);

  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt ){
      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
      if( rc ){
        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
        goto end_prepare;
      }
    }
  }

  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
................................................................................
  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
    char *zSqlCopy;
    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
      goto end_prepare;
    }
    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
    if( zSqlCopy ){
      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
    assert(!(*ppStmt));
  }else{
    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
  }

  if( zErrMsg ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }

  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);

** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
**
** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
*/
static void enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
  if( N>0 ){
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
    p->nChar += N;
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 );
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
  assert( N>=0 );
  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
    return;
  }
  assert( p->zText );
  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
  p->nChar += N;


}

/*
** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));

** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
**
** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
  if( N>0 ){
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
    p->nChar += N;
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 );
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
  assert( N>=0 );
  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
  }else{

    assert( p->zText );

    p->nChar += N;
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N);
  }
}

/*
** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));

    fflush(stdout);
    zResult = local_getline(zPrior, stdin);
#endif
  }
  return zResult;
}

struct previous_mode_data {
  int valid;        /* Is there legit data in here? */
  int mode;
  int showHeader;
  int colWidth[100];





};

/*
** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from
** the main program to the callback.  This is used to communicate
** state and mode information.
*/

struct callback_data {
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database */
  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
  int autoEQP;           /* Run EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prior to seach SQL stmt */
  int statsOn;           /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */
  int outCount;          /* Revert to stdout when reaching zero */
  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
................................................................................
  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
  char separator[20];    /* Separator character for MODE_List */
  char newline[20];      /* Record separator in MODE_Csv */
  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
                         ** the database */
  struct previous_mode_data explainPrev;
                         /* Holds the mode information just before
                         ** .explain ON */
  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
  char *zFreeOnClose;         /* Filename to free when closing */
  const char *zVfs;           /* Name of VFS to use */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;   /* Current statement if any. */
  FILE *pLog;            /* Write log output here */
  int *aiIndent;         /* Array of indents used in MODE_Explain */
................................................................................
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** A callback for the sqlite3_log() interface.
*/
static void shellLog(void *pArg, int iErrCode, const char *zMsg){
  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;
  if( p->pLog==0 ) return;
  fprintf(p->pLog, "(%d) %s\n", iErrCode, zMsg);
  fflush(p->pLog);
}

/*
** Output the given string as a hex-encoded blob (eg. X'1234' )
................................................................................

/*
** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
** the null value.  Strings are quoted if necessary.  The separator
** is only issued if bSep is true.
*/
static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){
  FILE *out = p->out;
  if( z==0 ){
    fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
  }else{
    int i;
    int nSep = strlen30(p->separator);
    for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
................................................................................

/*
** This is the callback routine that the shell
** invokes for each row of a query result.
*/
static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int *aiType){
  int i;
  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;

  switch( p->mode ){
    case MODE_Line: {
      int w = 5;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
................................................................................
*/
static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  /* since we don't have type info, call the shell_callback with a NULL value */
  return shell_callback(pArg, nArg, azArg, azCol, NULL);
}

/*
** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to
** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
** table name.
*/
static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){
  int i, n;
  int needQuote;
  char *z;

  if( p->zDestTable ){
    free(p->zDestTable);
    p->zDestTable = 0;
................................................................................
**
** If the number of columns is 1 and that column contains text "--"
** then write the semicolon on a separate line.  That way, if a 
** "--" comment occurs at the end of the statement, the comment
** won't consume the semicolon terminator.
*/
static int run_table_dump_query(
  struct callback_data *p, /* Query context */
  const char *zSelect,     /* SELECT statement to extract content */
  const char *zFirstRow    /* Print before first row, if not NULL */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
  int rc;
  int nResult;
  int i;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Display memory stats.
*/
static int display_stats(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database to query */
  struct callback_data *pArg, /* Pointer to struct callback_data */
  int bReset                  /* True to reset the stats */
){
  int iCur;
  int iHiwtr;

  if( pArg && pArg->out ){
    
................................................................................
    if( 0==strcmp(zStr, azArray[i]) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** If compiled statement pSql appears to be an EXPLAIN statement, allocate
** and populate the callback_data.aiIndent[] array with the number of
** spaces each opcode should be indented before it is output. 
**
** The indenting rules are:
**
**     * For each "Next", "Prev", "VNext" or "VPrev" instruction, indent
**       all opcodes that occur between the p2 jump destination and the opcode
**       itself by 2 spaces.
................................................................................
**     * For each "Goto", if the jump destination is earlier in the program
**       and ends on one of:
**          Yield  SeekGt  SeekLt  RowSetRead  Rewind
**       or if the P1 parameter is one instead of zero,
**       then indent all opcodes between the earlier instruction
**       and "Goto" by 2 spaces.
*/
static void explain_data_prepare(struct callback_data *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSql){
  const char *zSql;               /* The text of the SQL statement */
  const char *z;                  /* Used to check if this is an EXPLAIN */
  int *abYield = 0;               /* True if op is an OP_Yield */
  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of p->aiIndent[], abYield */
  int iOp;                        /* Index of operation in p->aiIndent[] */

  const char *azNext[] = { "Next", "Prev", "VPrev", "VNext", "SorterNext",
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(abYield);
  sqlite3_reset(pSql);
}

/*
** Free the array allocated by explain_data_prepare().
*/
static void explain_data_delete(struct callback_data *p){
  sqlite3_free(p->aiIndent);
  p->aiIndent = 0;
  p->nIndent = 0;
  p->iIndent = 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
** set via the supplied callback.
**
** This is very similar to SQLite's built-in sqlite3_exec() 
** function except it takes a slightly different callback 
** and callback data argument.
*/
static int shell_exec(
  sqlite3 *db,                                /* An open database */
  const char *zSql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
  int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*),   /* Callback function */
                                              /* (not the same as sqlite3_exec) */
  struct callback_data *pArg,                 /* Pointer to struct callback_data */
  char **pzErrMsg                             /* Error msg written here */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL;     /* Statement to execute. */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int rc2;
  const char *zLeftover;          /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */

  if( pzErrMsg ){
................................................................................
*/
static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  int rc;
  const char *zTable;
  const char *zType;
  const char *zSql;
  const char *zPrepStmt = 0;
  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data *)pArg;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azCol);
  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
  zTable = azArg[0];
  zType = azArg[1];
  zSql = azArg[2];
  
................................................................................
** Run zQuery.  Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that
** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements.
**
** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
*/
static int run_schema_dump_query(
  struct callback_data *p, 
  const char *zQuery
){
  int rc;
  char *zErr = 0;
  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr);
  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
    char *zQ2;
................................................................................
  ".trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run\n"
  ".vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack\n"
  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
  "                         Negative values right-justify\n"
;

/* Forward reference */
static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in);
/*
** Implementation of the "readfile(X)" SQL function.  The entire content
** of the file named X is read and returned as a BLOB.  NULL is returned
** if the file does not exist or is unreadable.
*/
static void readfileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}

/*
** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
*/
static void open_db(struct callback_data *p, int keepAlive){
  if( p->db==0 ){
    sqlite3_initialize();
    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
    db = p->db;
    if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
          shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
................................................................................
}

/*
** A routine for handling output from sqlite3_trace().
*/
static void sql_trace_callback(void *pArg, const char *z){
  FILE *f = (FILE*)pArg;



  if( f ) fprintf(f, "%s\n", z);

}

/*
** A no-op routine that runs with the ".breakpoint" doc-command.  This is
** a useful spot to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
static void test_breakpoint(void){
................................................................................

/*
** Try to transfer data for table zTable.  If an error is seen while
** moving forward, try to go backwards.  The backwards movement won't
** work for WITHOUT ROWID tables.
*/
static void tryToCloneData(
  struct callback_data *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zTable
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; 
  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  char *zInsert = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere.  For
** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row.
** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the
** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards.
*/
static void tryToCloneSchema(
  struct callback_data *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zWhere,
  void (*xForEach)(struct callback_data*,sqlite3*,const char*)
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  int rc;
  const unsigned char *zName;
  const unsigned char *zSql;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Open a new database file named "zNewDb".  Try to recover as much information
** as possible out of the main database (which might be corrupt) and write it
** into zNewDb.
*/
static void tryToClone(struct callback_data *p, const char *zNewDb){
  int rc;
  sqlite3 *newDb = 0;
  if( access(zNewDb,0)==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "File \"%s\" already exists.\n", zNewDb);
    return;
  }
  rc = sqlite3_open(zNewDb, &newDb);
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_close(newDb);
}

/*
** Change the output file back to stdout
*/
static void output_reset(struct callback_data *p){
  if( p->outfile[0]=='|' ){
    pclose(p->out);
  }else{
    output_file_close(p->out);
  }
  p->outfile[0] = 0;
  p->out = stdout;
................................................................................

/*
** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
** process that line.
**
** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
*/
static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){
  int i = 1;
  int nArg = 0;
  int n, c;
  int rc = 0;
  char *azArg[50];

  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
................................................................................
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .clone FILENAME\n");
      rc = 1;
    }
  }else

  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 1;
    data.mode = MODE_Column;
    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
................................................................................
    if( nArg>1 && (rc = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]))!=0 ) exit(rc);
    rc = 2;
  }else

  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
    int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1;
    if(val == 1) {
      if(!p->explainPrev.valid) {
        p->explainPrev.valid = 1;
        p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode;
        p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader;
        memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
      }
      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
      ** command.
................................................................................
      p->colWidth[1] = 13;                 /* opcode */
      p->colWidth[2] = 4;                  /* P1 */
      p->colWidth[3] = 4;                  /* P2 */
      p->colWidth[4] = 4;                  /* P3 */
      p->colWidth[5] = 13;                 /* P4 */
      p->colWidth[6] = 2;                  /* P5 */
      p->colWidth[7] = 13;                  /* Comment */
    }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) {
      p->explainPrev.valid = 0;
      p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode;
      p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader;
      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
    }
  }else

  if( c=='f' && strncmp(azArg[0], "fullschema", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    int doStats = 0;
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .fullschema\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
................................................................................
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
       "SELECT sql FROM"
       "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
       "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
       "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
       "ORDER BY rowid",
       callback, &data, &zErrMsg
    );
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,
               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master"
................................................................................
    xCloser(sCsv.in);
    sqlite3_free(sCsv.z);
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
  }else

  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_List;
    if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
................................................................................
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
      rc = 1;
    }
    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
  }else

  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    if( nArg==2 ){
      int i;
................................................................................
      }
    }else if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
         "SELECT sql FROM "
         "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
         "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
         "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
         "ORDER BY rowid",
         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
      );
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .schema ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
................................................................................
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .show\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","eqp", p->autoEQP ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue");
      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output",
            strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
................................................................................
** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){
  char *zLine = 0;          /* A single input line */
  char *zSql = 0;           /* Accumulated SQL text */
  int nLine;                /* Length of current line */
  int nSql = 0;             /* Bytes of zSql[] used */
  int nAlloc = 0;           /* Allocated zSql[] space */
  int nSqlPrior = 0;        /* Bytes of zSql[] used by prior line */
  char *zErrMsg;            /* Error message returned */
................................................................................
/*
** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
**
** Returns the number of errors.
*/
static int process_sqliterc(
  struct callback_data *p,        /* Configuration data */
  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
){
  char *home_dir = NULL;
  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
  char *zBuf = 0;
  FILE *in = NULL;
  int rc = 0;
................................................................................
  }
  exit(1);
}

/*
** Initialize the state information in data
*/
static void main_init(struct callback_data *data) {
  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
  data->mode = MODE_List;
  memcpy(data->separator,"|", 2);
  memcpy(data->newline,"\r\n", 3);
  data->showHeader = 0;
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);
................................................................................
    exit(1);
  }
  return argv[i];
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  struct callback_data data;
  const char *zInitFile = 0;
  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
  int i;
  int rc = 0;
  int warnInmemoryDb = 0;

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1

    fflush(stdout);
    zResult = local_getline(zPrior, stdin);
#endif
  }
  return zResult;
}

/*
** Shell output mode information from before ".explain on", 
** saved so that it can be restored by ".explain off"
*/
typedef struct SavedModeInfo SavedModeInfo;
struct SavedModeInfo {
  int valid;          /* Is there legit data in here? */
  int mode;           /* Mode prior to ".explain on" */
  int showHeader;     /* The ".header" setting prior to ".explain on" */
  int colWidth[100];  /* Column widths prior to ".explain on" */
};

/*
** State information about the database connection is contained in an
** instance of the following structure.

*/
typedef struct ShellState ShellState;
struct ShellState {
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database */
  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
  int autoEQP;           /* Run EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prior to seach SQL stmt */
  int statsOn;           /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */
  int outCount;          /* Revert to stdout when reaching zero */
  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
................................................................................
  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
  char separator[20];    /* Separator character for MODE_List */
  char newline[20];      /* Record separator in MODE_Csv */
  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
                         ** the database */
  SavedModeInfo normalMode;/* Holds the mode just before .explain ON */


  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
  char *zFreeOnClose;         /* Filename to free when closing */
  const char *zVfs;           /* Name of VFS to use */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;   /* Current statement if any. */
  FILE *pLog;            /* Write log output here */
  int *aiIndent;         /* Array of indents used in MODE_Explain */
................................................................................
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** A callback for the sqlite3_log() interface.
*/
static void shellLog(void *pArg, int iErrCode, const char *zMsg){
  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;
  if( p->pLog==0 ) return;
  fprintf(p->pLog, "(%d) %s\n", iErrCode, zMsg);
  fflush(p->pLog);
}

/*
** Output the given string as a hex-encoded blob (eg. X'1234' )
................................................................................

/*
** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
** the null value.  Strings are quoted if necessary.  The separator
** is only issued if bSep is true.
*/
static void output_csv(ShellState *p, const char *z, int bSep){
  FILE *out = p->out;
  if( z==0 ){
    fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
  }else{
    int i;
    int nSep = strlen30(p->separator);
    for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
................................................................................

/*
** This is the callback routine that the shell
** invokes for each row of a query result.
*/
static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int *aiType){
  int i;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;

  switch( p->mode ){
    case MODE_Line: {
      int w = 5;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
................................................................................
*/
static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  /* since we don't have type info, call the shell_callback with a NULL value */
  return shell_callback(pArg, nArg, azArg, azCol, NULL);
}

/*
** Set the destination table field of the ShellState structure to
** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
** table name.
*/
static void set_table_name(ShellState *p, const char *zName){
  int i, n;
  int needQuote;
  char *z;

  if( p->zDestTable ){
    free(p->zDestTable);
    p->zDestTable = 0;
................................................................................
**
** If the number of columns is 1 and that column contains text "--"
** then write the semicolon on a separate line.  That way, if a 
** "--" comment occurs at the end of the statement, the comment
** won't consume the semicolon terminator.
*/
static int run_table_dump_query(
  ShellState *p,           /* Query context */
  const char *zSelect,     /* SELECT statement to extract content */
  const char *zFirstRow    /* Print before first row, if not NULL */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
  int rc;
  int nResult;
  int i;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Display memory stats.
*/
static int display_stats(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database to query */
  ShellState *pArg,           /* Pointer to ShellState */
  int bReset                  /* True to reset the stats */
){
  int iCur;
  int iHiwtr;

  if( pArg && pArg->out ){
    
................................................................................
    if( 0==strcmp(zStr, azArray[i]) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** If compiled statement pSql appears to be an EXPLAIN statement, allocate
** and populate the ShellState.aiIndent[] array with the number of
** spaces each opcode should be indented before it is output. 
**
** The indenting rules are:
**
**     * For each "Next", "Prev", "VNext" or "VPrev" instruction, indent
**       all opcodes that occur between the p2 jump destination and the opcode
**       itself by 2 spaces.
................................................................................
**     * For each "Goto", if the jump destination is earlier in the program
**       and ends on one of:
**          Yield  SeekGt  SeekLt  RowSetRead  Rewind
**       or if the P1 parameter is one instead of zero,
**       then indent all opcodes between the earlier instruction
**       and "Goto" by 2 spaces.
*/
static void explain_data_prepare(ShellState *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSql){
  const char *zSql;               /* The text of the SQL statement */
  const char *z;                  /* Used to check if this is an EXPLAIN */
  int *abYield = 0;               /* True if op is an OP_Yield */
  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of p->aiIndent[], abYield */
  int iOp;                        /* Index of operation in p->aiIndent[] */

  const char *azNext[] = { "Next", "Prev", "VPrev", "VNext", "SorterNext",
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(abYield);
  sqlite3_reset(pSql);
}

/*
** Free the array allocated by explain_data_prepare().
*/
static void explain_data_delete(ShellState *p){
  sqlite3_free(p->aiIndent);
  p->aiIndent = 0;
  p->nIndent = 0;
  p->iIndent = 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
** set via the supplied callback.
**
** This is very similar to SQLite's built-in sqlite3_exec() 
** function except it takes a slightly different callback 
** and callback data argument.
*/
static int shell_exec(
  sqlite3 *db,                              /* An open database */
  const char *zSql,                         /* SQL to be evaluated */
  int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*),   /* Callback function */
                                            /* (not the same as sqlite3_exec) */
  ShellState *pArg,                         /* Pointer to ShellState */
  char **pzErrMsg                           /* Error msg written here */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL;     /* Statement to execute. */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int rc2;
  const char *zLeftover;          /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */

  if( pzErrMsg ){
................................................................................
*/
static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  int rc;
  const char *zTable;
  const char *zType;
  const char *zSql;
  const char *zPrepStmt = 0;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState *)pArg;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azCol);
  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
  zTable = azArg[0];
  zType = azArg[1];
  zSql = azArg[2];
  
................................................................................
** Run zQuery.  Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that
** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements.
**
** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
*/
static int run_schema_dump_query(
  ShellState *p, 
  const char *zQuery
){
  int rc;
  char *zErr = 0;
  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr);
  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
    char *zQ2;
................................................................................
  ".trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run\n"
  ".vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack\n"
  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
  "                         Negative values right-justify\n"
;

/* Forward reference */
static int process_input(ShellState *p, FILE *in);
/*
** Implementation of the "readfile(X)" SQL function.  The entire content
** of the file named X is read and returned as a BLOB.  NULL is returned
** if the file does not exist or is unreadable.
*/
static void readfileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}

/*
** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
*/
static void open_db(ShellState *p, int keepAlive){
  if( p->db==0 ){
    sqlite3_initialize();
    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
    db = p->db;
    if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
          shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
................................................................................
}

/*
** A routine for handling output from sqlite3_trace().
*/
static void sql_trace_callback(void *pArg, const char *z){
  FILE *f = (FILE*)pArg;
  if( f ){
    int i = (int)strlen(z);
    while( i>0 && z[i-1]==';' ){ i--; }
    fprintf(f, "%.*s;\n", i, z);
  }
}

/*
** A no-op routine that runs with the ".breakpoint" doc-command.  This is
** a useful spot to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
static void test_breakpoint(void){
................................................................................

/*
** Try to transfer data for table zTable.  If an error is seen while
** moving forward, try to go backwards.  The backwards movement won't
** work for WITHOUT ROWID tables.
*/
static void tryToCloneData(
  ShellState *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zTable
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; 
  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  char *zInsert = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere.  For
** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row.
** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the
** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards.
*/
static void tryToCloneSchema(
  ShellState *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zWhere,
  void (*xForEach)(ShellState*,sqlite3*,const char*)
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  int rc;
  const unsigned char *zName;
  const unsigned char *zSql;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Open a new database file named "zNewDb".  Try to recover as much information
** as possible out of the main database (which might be corrupt) and write it
** into zNewDb.
*/
static void tryToClone(ShellState *p, const char *zNewDb){
  int rc;
  sqlite3 *newDb = 0;
  if( access(zNewDb,0)==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "File \"%s\" already exists.\n", zNewDb);
    return;
  }
  rc = sqlite3_open(zNewDb, &newDb);
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_close(newDb);
}

/*
** Change the output file back to stdout
*/
static void output_reset(ShellState *p){
  if( p->outfile[0]=='|' ){
    pclose(p->out);
  }else{
    output_file_close(p->out);
  }
  p->outfile[0] = 0;
  p->out = stdout;
................................................................................

/*
** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
** process that line.
**
** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
*/
static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
  int i = 1;
  int nArg = 0;
  int n, c;
  int rc = 0;
  char *azArg[50];

  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
................................................................................
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .clone FILENAME\n");
      rc = 1;
    }
  }else

  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 1;
    data.mode = MODE_Column;
    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
................................................................................
    if( nArg>1 && (rc = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]))!=0 ) exit(rc);
    rc = 2;
  }else

  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
    int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1;
    if(val == 1) {
      if(!p->normalMode.valid) {
        p->normalMode.valid = 1;
        p->normalMode.mode = p->mode;
        p->normalMode.showHeader = p->showHeader;
        memcpy(p->normalMode.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
      }
      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
      ** command.
................................................................................
      p->colWidth[1] = 13;                 /* opcode */
      p->colWidth[2] = 4;                  /* P1 */
      p->colWidth[3] = 4;                  /* P2 */
      p->colWidth[4] = 4;                  /* P3 */
      p->colWidth[5] = 13;                 /* P4 */
      p->colWidth[6] = 2;                  /* P5 */
      p->colWidth[7] = 13;                  /* Comment */
    }else if (p->normalMode.valid) {
      p->normalMode.valid = 0;
      p->mode = p->normalMode.mode;
      p->showHeader = p->normalMode.showHeader;
      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->normalMode.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
    }
  }else

  if( c=='f' && strncmp(azArg[0], "fullschema", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    int doStats = 0;
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .fullschema\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
................................................................................
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
       "SELECT sql FROM"
       "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
       "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
       "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
       "ORDER BY rowid",
       callback, &data, &zErrMsg
    );
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,
               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master"
................................................................................
    xCloser(sCsv.in);
    sqlite3_free(sCsv.z);
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
  }else

  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_List;
    if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
................................................................................
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
      rc = 1;
    }
    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
  }else

  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    if( nArg==2 ){
      int i;
................................................................................
      }
    }else if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
         "SELECT sql FROM "
         "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
         "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
         "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
         "ORDER BY rowid",
         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
      );
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .schema ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
................................................................................
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .show\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","eqp", p->autoEQP ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->normalMode.valid ? "on" :"off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue");
      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output",
            strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
................................................................................
** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int process_input(ShellState *p, FILE *in){
  char *zLine = 0;          /* A single input line */
  char *zSql = 0;           /* Accumulated SQL text */
  int nLine;                /* Length of current line */
  int nSql = 0;             /* Bytes of zSql[] used */
  int nAlloc = 0;           /* Allocated zSql[] space */
  int nSqlPrior = 0;        /* Bytes of zSql[] used by prior line */
  char *zErrMsg;            /* Error message returned */
................................................................................
/*
** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
**
** Returns the number of errors.
*/
static int process_sqliterc(
  ShellState *p,                  /* Configuration data */
  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
){
  char *home_dir = NULL;
  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
  char *zBuf = 0;
  FILE *in = NULL;
  int rc = 0;
................................................................................
  }
  exit(1);
}

/*
** Initialize the state information in data
*/
static void main_init(ShellState *data) {
  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
  data->mode = MODE_List;
  memcpy(data->separator,"|", 2);
  memcpy(data->newline,"\r\n", 3);
  data->showHeader = 0;
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);
................................................................................
    exit(1);
  }
  return argv[i];
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  ShellState data;
  const char *zInitFile = 0;
  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
  int i;
  int rc = 0;
  int warnInmemoryDb = 0;

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1

# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
#endif













/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
** database connection at the same time.
................................................................................
LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
#endif
u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
** the MACRO form does).
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);

/*
** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
**
** The following expressions are equivalent:
**
**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
**
**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
**
*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
  sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);

void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif

# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
#endif

/*
** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
** inlined.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline)
#else
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE
#endif

/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
** database connection at the same time.
................................................................................
LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
#endif
u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.


*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);

u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);

/*
** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte.  They following
** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call
** the procedure for larger varints.












*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
  sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int);
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif

    }
    zTable = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-3]);
    zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-2]);
    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &iRow);

    if( rc==TCL_OK ){
      rc = createIncrblobChannel(
          interp, pDb, zDb, zTable, zColumn, iRow, isReadonly
      );
    }
#endif
    break;
  }

  /*

    }
    zTable = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-3]);
    zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-2]);
    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &iRow);

    if( rc==TCL_OK ){
      rc = createIncrblobChannel(
          interp, pDb, zDb, zTable, zColumn, (sqlite3_int64)iRow, isReadonly
      );
    }
#endif
    break;
  }

  /*

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3_intarray *p;
................................................................................
/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
){
  if( pIntArray->xFree ){
    pIntArray->xFree(pIntArray->a);

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3_intarray *p;
................................................................................
/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
){
  if( pIntArray->xFree ){
    pIntArray->xFree(pIntArray->a);

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
);

/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif /* _INTARRAY_H_ */

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
);

/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif /* _INTARRAY_H_ */

  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
  ** specified name exists */
  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
                      zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
    }else{
      assert( !db->init.busy );
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
    }
    goto trigger_cleanup;
................................................................................
        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
    if( pTrig ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab;
      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
      assert( pTab!=0 );
      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
    }
  }

triggerfinish_cleanup:
................................................................................
** instead of the trigger name.
**/
void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  const char *zName;
  int nName;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  }

  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
    if( pTrigger ) break;
  }
  if( !pTrigger ){
    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
    }else{
      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
}


/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
*/
void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
  Trigger *pTrigger;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
      Trigger **pp;
      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
    }

  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
  ** specified name exists */
  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){

    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
    }else{
      assert( !db->init.busy );
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
    }
    goto trigger_cleanup;
................................................................................
        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig);
    if( pTrig ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab;

      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table);
      assert( pTab!=0 );
      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
    }
  }

triggerfinish_cleanup:
................................................................................
** instead of the trigger name.
**/
void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  const char *zName;

  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  }

  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
  zName = pName->a[0].zName;

  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName);
    if( pTrigger ) break;
  }
  if( !pTrigger ){
    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
    }else{
      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){

  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table);
}


/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
*/
void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
  Trigger *pTrigger;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
      Trigger **pp;
      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
    }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

*/
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}










/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
................................................................................
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  assert( db!=0 );
  db->errCode = err_code;


  if( zFormat && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
    char *z;
    va_list ap;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
  }else if( db->pErr ){
    sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *zMsg;
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
................................................................................
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (u8)v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
................................................................................
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
** already been handled.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
#ifndef putVarint32
  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){

    p[0] = v;
    return 1;
  }
#endif
  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);


    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
    return 2;
  }
  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);

}

/*
** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
**

*/
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message.
*/
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){
  assert( db!=0 );
  db->errCode = err_code;
  if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
}

/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
................................................................................
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  assert( db!=0 );
  db->errCode = err_code;
  if( zFormat==0 ){
    sqlite3Error(db, err_code);
  }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){
    char *z;
    va_list ap;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);


  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used
** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *zMsg;
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
................................................................................
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (u8)v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
................................................................................
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}









int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){


  if( v<=0x7f ){
    p[0] = v&0x7f;
    return 1;
  }



  if( v<=0x3fff ){
    p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80;
    p[1] = v&0x7f;
    return 2;
  }

  return putVarint64(p,v);
}

/*
** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
**

#endif

/*
** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
................................................................................
}

/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.









*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
  double rValue;
  i64 iValue;
  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
  if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;

  }
}
#define ApplyNumericAffinity(X)  \
   if(((X)->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0){applyNumericAffinity(X);}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
................................................................................
){
  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
    }
    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    ApplyNumericAffinity(pRec);
    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){


      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);

    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
................................................................................
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
*/
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
    applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  }
  return eType;
}

/*
** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
................................................................................
void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
  u8 affinity, 
  u8 enc
){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}



















/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
** none.  
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
      return 0;
    }
    if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
      return MEM_Int;
    }
    return MEM_Real;
  }
  return 0;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
  u16 nullFlag;
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
    cnt--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
................................................................................
  */
  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
    VdbeMemRelease(pDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
  }else{
    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
    t = aType[p2];
    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
................................................................................
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];

    ApplyNumericAffinity(pIn3);

    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){

#endif

/*
** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
................................................................................
}

/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.
**
** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give
** an integer representation.  Strings that look like floating point
** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00')
** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true.
**
** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal
** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){
  double rValue;
  i64 iValue;
  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
  if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
  }
}



/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
................................................................................
){
  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
    }

  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
        applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
................................................................................
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
*/
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
    applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0);
    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  }
  return eType;
}

/*
** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
................................................................................
void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
  u8 affinity, 
  u8 enc
){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}

/*
** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->r and pMem->u.i fields
** accordingly.
*/
static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
    return MEM_Int;
  }
  return MEM_Real;
}

/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
** none.  
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    return computeNumericType(pMem);






  }
  return 0;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
  u16 nullFlag;
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
    cnt--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
................................................................................
  */
  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
  }else{
    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
    t = aType[p2];
    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
................................................................................
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
    }
    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){

#else
  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
#define VdbeMemRelease(X)  \
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);

#else
  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
#define VdbeMemReleaseExtern(X)  \
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);

  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  db = v->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v->doingRerun = 0;
  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY

         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){

    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    v->doingRerun = 1;
    assert( v->expired==0 );
  }
  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
................................................................................
  char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  sqlite3_free(zErr);
}























/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
  pMem = p->pMem;
  testcase( nByte<0 );
  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
    if( nByte<=0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      pMem->z = 0;

    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
      if( pMem->z ){
        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
      }
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
}

/*
** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
................................................................................
  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
  }else{
    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    }
    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
  }
  return pOut;
}

/*
................................................................................
static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
  Mem *pVar;
  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_RANGE;
  }
  i--;
  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);

  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
  **
  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( zData!=0 ){
      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
      }
      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
    xDel((void*)zData);
  }
  return rc;

  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  db = v->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v->doingRerun = 0;
  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){
    int savedPc = v->pc;
    rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK) break;
    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1;
    assert( v->expired==0 );
  }
  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
................................................................................
  char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  sqlite3_free(zErr);
}

/*
** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
** its pMem->z element.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
  if( nByte<=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
    pMem->z = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
    pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
    if( pMem->z ){
      memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
}

/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){

  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );

  testcase( nByte<0 );
  if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){




    return createAggContext(p, nByte);
  }else{



    return (void*)p->pMem->z;

  }



}

/*
** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
................................................................................
  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
  }else{
    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
    }
    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
  }
  return pOut;
}

/*
................................................................................
static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
  Mem *pVar;
  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_RANGE;
  }
  i--;
  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK);

  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
  **
  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( zData!=0 ){
      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
      }
      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc);
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
    xDel((void*)zData);
  }
  return rc;

    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
    db->errCode = rc;
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
................................................................................
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
    */
    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
  }

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);
................................................................................
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  p->db = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}











































/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**
** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
................................................................................
** a NULL row.
**
** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
    int res, rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
    assert( p->isTable );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
    if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    p->rowidIsValid = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }else if( p->pCursor ){
    int hasMoved;
    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    if( hasMoved ){
      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
      if( hasMoved==2 ) p->nullRow = 1;
    }


  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The following functions:
**
................................................................................
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    while( i-- ){

      buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
      v >>= 8;
    }

    return len;
  }

  /* String or blob */
  if( serial_type>=12 ){
    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
................................................................................
/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
*/
#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])


/*
** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.





*/ 
































u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){
  u64 x;
  u32 y;
  switch( serial_type ){
    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 0: {  /* NULL */
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
      pMem->u.i = (i64)*(int*)&y;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 6;
    }
    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
      ** endian.
      */
      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
      static const double r1 = 1.0;
      u64 t2 = t1;
      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif
      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
      x = (x<<32) | y;
      if( serial_type==6 ){
        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
        testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      }else{
        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
      }
      return 8;
    }
    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
      u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = len;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
      return len;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
**
** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably

    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
    db->errCode = rc;
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
................................................................................
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
    */
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
  }

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);
................................................................................
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  p->db = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been
** carried out.  Seek the cursor now.  If an error occurs, return
** the appropriate error code.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
  int res, rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
  assert( p->deferredMoveto );
  assert( p->isTable );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
  if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  p->rowidIsValid = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
  p->deferredMoveto = 0;
  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place.  Maybe the row it was
** pointed to was deleted out from under it.  Or maybe the btree was
** rebalanced.  Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
** is suppose to be pointing.  If the row was deleted out from under the
** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
  int isDifferentRow, rc;
  assert( p->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**
** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
................................................................................
** a NULL row.
**
** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
  if( p->deferredMoveto ){













    return handleDeferredMoveto(p);








  }
  if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) ){
    return handleMovedCursor(p);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The following functions:
**
................................................................................
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    assert( i>0 );
    do{
      buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
      v >>= 8;

    }while( i );
    return len;
  }

  /* String or blob */
  if( serial_type>=12 ){
    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
................................................................................
/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
*/
#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])

/*
** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
**
** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance.
** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
** is avoided.
*/ 
static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){
  u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
  u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
  x = (x<<32) + y;
  if( serial_type==6 ){
    pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
  }else{
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
    /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
    ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
    ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
    ** endian.
    */
    static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
    static const double r1 = 1.0;
    u64 t2 = t1;
    swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
    assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif
    assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
    swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
    memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
    pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
  }
  return 8;
}
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){


  switch( serial_type ){
    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 0: {  /* NULL */
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);

      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 6;
    }
    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
      /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine
      ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */
      return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem);























    }
    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };

      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
      return pMem->n;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
**
** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably

blob_open_out:
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
  }else{
    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
  }
  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  db = p->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;

  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
  }else if( v==0 ){
    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
................................................................................
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    char *zErr;
    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
  }

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

blob_open_out:
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
  }else{
    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
  }
  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  db = p->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;

  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR);
  }else if( v==0 ){
    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
................................................................................
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    char *zErr;
    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
  }

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
      bPreserve = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
    }
    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
      VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
** is a no-op.
**
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.

**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int fg = pMem->flags;
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
................................................................................
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
................................................................................
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
  }
  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;

  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
**
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.



*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
................................................................................
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
  }
}




















/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );

  VdbeMemRelease(p);
  if( p->zMalloc ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
    p->zMalloc = 0;
  }
  p->z = 0;
  assert( p->xDel==0 );  /* Zeroed by VdbeMemRelease() above */
}

/*
** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
................................................................................
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
  pTo->xDel = 0;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
................................................................................
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return 0;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
  }else{
    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
    return pVal->z;
  }else{
................................................................................

  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
  if( aRet==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
  }else{
    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
    sqlite3PutVarint(&aRet[1], iSerial);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
  }
}

/*

      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
      bPreserve = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
    }
    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
      VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pMem);
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
** is a no-op.
**
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){

  int fg = pMem->flags;
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
................................................................................
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
................................................................................
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
  }
  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
  if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
**
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
**
** The VdbeMemReleaseExtern() macro invokes this routine if only if there
** is work for this routine to do.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
................................................................................
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
  }
}

/*
** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
**
** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
** the uncommon case when there really is memory in p that is
** need of freeing.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
  }
  if( p->zMalloc ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
    p->zMalloc = 0;
  }
  p->z = 0;
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->zMalloc ){
    vdbeMemRelease(p);

  }else{
    p->z = 0;
  }

  assert( p->xDel==0 );
}

/*
** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
................................................................................
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
  pTo->xDel = 0;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
................................................................................
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return 0;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
  }else{
    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
    return pVal->z;
  }else{
................................................................................

  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
  if( aRet==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
  }else{
    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
    putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
  }
}

/*

  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nName;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }else{
    Module *pMod;
    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
    if( pMod ){
      Module *pDel;
      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
      pMod->zName = zCopy;
      pMod->pModule = pModule;
      pMod->pAux = pAux;
      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod);
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
      if( pDel ){
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
  else {
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
    if( pOld ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
  }
................................................................................
  assert( pTab );
  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));

  if( !pMod ){
    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    char *zErr = 0;
................................................................................
  const char *zMod;

  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));

  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
  */
  if( !pMod ){
    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
................................................................................

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );

  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( pParse==0 ){
................................................................................
        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
      }
      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
  
    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
................................................................................
    }
    default:
      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
      break;
  }
  va_end(ap);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nName;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }else{
    Module *pMod;
    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
    if( pMod ){
      Module *pDel;
      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
      pMod->zName = zCopy;
      pMod->pModule = pModule;
      pMod->pAux = pAux;
      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod);
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
      if( pDel ){
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
  else {
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
    const char *zName = pTab->zName;

    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab);
    if( pOld ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
  }
................................................................................
  assert( pTab );
  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);

  if( !pMod ){
    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    char *zErr = 0;
................................................................................
  const char *zMod;

  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);

  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
  */
  if( !pMod ){
    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
................................................................................

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );

  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( pParse==0 ){
................................................................................
        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
      }
      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
  
    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
................................................................................
    }
    default:
      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
      break;
  }
  va_end(ap);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
     const char *zName;
     if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
        zName += i;
      }
      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
    }else{
................................................................................
                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
    }else{
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
    }
    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
    sqlite3_free(z);
  }



  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);

  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
  /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint
  ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array.
  */
  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){  /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */
    int i;
................................................................................
  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
  ** more expensive.  */
  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
  if( pTerm==0
   && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
  ){
    LogEst nIter;
    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
    pNew->u.btree.nSkip++;
    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];






    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;


  }
  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
    LogEst rCostIdx;
    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
    int nIn = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4

  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
    const char *zName;
    if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
        zName += i;
      }
      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
    }else{
................................................................................
                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
    }else{
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
    }
    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
    sqlite3_free(z);
  }
  if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){
    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->u.btree.nSkip);
  }else{
    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);
  }
  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
  /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint
  ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array.
  */
  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){  /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */
    int i;
................................................................................
  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
  ** more expensive.  */
  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );

  if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
  ){
    LogEst nIter;
    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
    pNew->u.btree.nSkip++;
    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];
    if( pTerm ){
      /* TUNING:  When estimating skip-scan for a term that is also indexable,
      ** increase the cost of the skip-scan by 2x, to make it a little less
      ** desirable than the regular index lookup. */
      nIter += 10;  assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
    }
    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
    pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip;
  }
  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
    LogEst rCostIdx;
    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
    int nIn = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4

build_test_db memsubsys1-3.1 {PRAGMA page_size=1024}
#show_memstats
do_test memsubsys1-3.1.3 {
  set pg_used [lindex [sqlite3_status SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 0] 2]
} 0
do_test memsubsys1-3.1.4 {
  set overflow [lindex [sqlite3_status SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 0] 2]
} $max_pagecache






do_test memsubsys1-3.1.5 {
  set s_used [lindex [sqlite3_status SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 0] 2]
} 0
db close
sqlite3_shutdown
sqlite3_config_pagecache [expr 2048+$xtra_size] 20
sqlite3_initialize

build_test_db memsubsys1-3.1 {PRAGMA page_size=1024}
#show_memstats
do_test memsubsys1-3.1.3 {
  set pg_used [lindex [sqlite3_status SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 0] 2]
} 0
do_test memsubsys1-3.1.4 {
  set overflow [lindex [sqlite3_status SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 0] 2]
  # Note:  The measured PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW is amount malloc() returns, not what
  # was requested.  System malloc() implementations might (arbitrarily) return
  # slightly different oversize buffers, which can result in slightly different
  # PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW sizes between consecutive runs.  So we cannot do an
  # exact comparison.  Simply verify that the amount is within 5%.
  expr {$overflow>=$max_pagecache*0.95 && $overflow<=$max_pagecache*1.05}
} 1
do_test memsubsys1-3.1.5 {
  set s_used [lindex [sqlite3_status SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 0] 2]
} 0
db close
sqlite3_shutdown
sqlite3_config_pagecache [expr 2048+$xtra_size] 20
sqlite3_initialize

# 2014-08-20
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
#
# This file implements tests of the "skip-scan" query strategy.
# In particular, this file looks at skipping intermediate terms
# in an index.  For example, if (a,b,c) are indexed, and we have
# "WHERE a=?1 AND c=?2" - verify that skip-scan can still be used.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

do_execsql_test skipscan3-1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d,PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c));
  WITH RECURSIVE
    c(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT x+1 FROM c WHERE x<1000)
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b,c,d)
    SELECT 1, 1, x, printf('x%04d',x) FROM c;
  ANALYZE;
} {}

# This version has long used skip-scan because of the "+a"
#
do_execsql_test skipscan3-1.2eqp {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT d FROM t1 WHERE +a=1 AND c=32;
} {/*ANY(a) AND ANY(b)*/}
do_execsql_test skipscan3-1.2 {
  SELECT d FROM t1 WHERE +a=1 AND c=32;
} {x0032}

# This version (with "a" instead of "+a") should use skip-scan but
# did not prior to changes implemented on 2014-08-20
#
do_execsql_test skipscan3-1.3eqp {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT d FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND c=32;
} {/*ANY(a) AND ANY(b)*/}
do_execsql_test skipscan3-1.3 {
  SELECT d FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND c=32;
} {x0032}

# Repeat the test on a WITHOUT ROWID table
#
do_execsql_test skipscan3-2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t2(a,b,c,d,PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c)) WITHOUT ROWID;
  WITH RECURSIVE
    c(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT x+1 FROM c WHERE x<1000)
  INSERT INTO t2(a,b,c,d)
    SELECT 1, 1, x, printf('x%04d',x) FROM c;
  ANALYZE;
} {}
do_execsql_test skipscan3-2.2eqp {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT d FROM t2 WHERE +a=1 AND c=32;
} {/*ANY(a) AND ANY(b)*/}
do_execsql_test skipscan3-2.2 {
  SELECT d FROM t2 WHERE +a=1 AND c=32;
} {x0032}
do_execsql_test skipscan3-2.3eqp {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT d FROM t2 WHERE a=1 AND c=32;
} {/*ANY(a) AND ANY(b)*/}
do_execsql_test skipscan3-2.3 {
  SELECT d FROM t2 WHERE a=1 AND c=32;
} {x0032}

  
finish_test

do_execsql_test 1.22 {
  SELECT next_char('AB','vocab2','w',null,'NOCASE');
} {cDeF}
do_execsql_test 1.23 {
  SELECT next_char('ab','vocab2','w',null,'binary');
} {c}

















do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t2 USING spellfix1;
  INSERT INTO t2 (word, soundslike) VALUES('school', 'skuul');
  INSERT INTO t2 (word, soundslike) VALUES('psalm', 'sarm');
  SELECT word, matchlen FROM t2 WHERE word MATCH 'sar*' LIMIT 5;
} {psalm 4}

do_execsql_test 1.22 {
  SELECT next_char('AB','vocab2','w',null,'NOCASE');
} {cDeF}
do_execsql_test 1.23 {
  SELECT next_char('ab','vocab2','w',null,'binary');
} {c}

do_execsql_test 1.30 {
  SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE word='rabbit';
} {2}
do_execsql_test 1.31 {
  UPDATE t1 SET rowid=2000 WHERE word='rabbit';
  SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE word='rabbit';
} {2000}
do_execsql_test 1.32 {
  INSERT INTO t1(rowid, word) VALUES(3000,'melody');
  SELECT rowid, word, matchlen FROM t1 WHERE word MATCH 'melotti'
   ORDER BY score LIMIT 3;
} {3000 melody 6}
do_test 1.33 {
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t1(rowid, word) VALUES(3000,'garden');}
} {1 {constraint failed}}

do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t2 USING spellfix1;
  INSERT INTO t2 (word, soundslike) VALUES('school', 'skuul');
  INSERT INTO t2 (word, soundslike) VALUES('psalm', 'sarm');
  SELECT word, matchlen FROM t2 WHERE word MATCH 'sar*' LIMIT 5;
} {psalm 4}

do_test trace-1.4 {
  set ::stmtlist
} {{CREATE TABLE t1(a,b);} {INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,2);} {SELECT * FROM t1;}}
do_test trace-1.5 {
  db trace {}
  db trace
} {}

















# If we prepare a statement and execute it multiple times, the trace
# happens on each execution.
#
db close
sqlite3 db test.db; set DB [sqlite3_connection_pointer db]
do_test trace-2.1 {

do_test trace-1.4 {
  set ::stmtlist
} {{CREATE TABLE t1(a,b);} {INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1,2);} {SELECT * FROM t1;}}
do_test trace-1.5 {
  db trace {}
  db trace
} {}
do_test trace-1.6 {
  db eval {
     CREATE TABLE t1b(x TEXT PRIMARY KEY, y);
     INSERT INTO t1b VALUES('abc','def'),('ghi','jkl'),('mno','pqr');
  }
  set ::stmtlist {}
  set xyzzy a*
  db trace trace_proc
  db eval {
     SELECT y FROM t1b WHERE x GLOB $xyzzy
  }
} {def}
do_test trace-1.7 {
  set ::stmtlist
} {{SELECT y FROM t1b WHERE x GLOB 'a*'}}
db trace {}

# If we prepare a statement and execute it multiple times, the trace
# happens on each execution.
#
db close
sqlite3 db test.db; set DB [sqlite3_connection_pointer db]
do_test trace-2.1 {

autoconf
automake

mkdir -p tea/generic
echo "#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE"      > tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c 
echo "# include <sqlite3.h>"        >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
echo "#else"                        >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
echo "#include \"../../sqlite3.c\"" >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
echo "#endif"                       >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
cat  $TOP/src/tclsqlite.c           >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c

cat tea/configure.in | 
  sed "s/AC_INIT(\[sqlite\], .*)/AC_INIT([sqlite], [$VERSION])/" > tmp
mv tmp tea/configure.in

autoconf
automake

mkdir -p tea/generic
echo "#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE"      > tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c 
echo "# include <sqlite3.h>"        >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
echo "#else"                        >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
echo "#include \"sqlite3.c\""       >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
echo "#endif"                       >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c
cat  $TOP/src/tclsqlite.c           >> tea/generic/tclsqlite3.c

cat tea/configure.in | 
  sed "s/AC_INIT(\[sqlite\], .*)/AC_INIT([sqlite], [$VERSION])/" > tmp
mv tmp tea/configure.in

    "    NNN..end        Show hex of pages NNN through end of file\n"
    "    NNNb            Decode btree page NNN\n"
    "    NNNbc           Decode btree page NNN and show content\n"
    "    NNNbm           Decode btree page NNN and show a layout map\n"
    "    NNNbdCCC        Decode cell CCC on btree page NNN\n"
    "    NNNt            Decode freelist trunk page NNN\n"
    "    NNNtd           Show leaf freelist pages on the decode\n"
    "    NNNtr           Recurisvely decode freelist starting at NNN\n"
  );
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  struct stat sbuf;
  unsigned char zPgSz[2];
  if( argc<2 ){

    "    NNN..end        Show hex of pages NNN through end of file\n"
    "    NNNb            Decode btree page NNN\n"
    "    NNNbc           Decode btree page NNN and show content\n"
    "    NNNbm           Decode btree page NNN and show a layout map\n"
    "    NNNbdCCC        Decode cell CCC on btree page NNN\n"
    "    NNNt            Decode freelist trunk page NNN\n"
    "    NNNtd           Show leaf freelist pages on the decode\n"
    "    NNNtr           Recursively decode freelist starting at NNN\n"
  );
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  struct stat sbuf;
  unsigned char zPgSz[2];
  if( argc<2 ){